{"title":"Back Glass \u0026 Housings","description":"\u003cp\u003eBack glass panels, rear battery covers and housings in model-matched colours. Restore a cracked rear panel on iPhone, Samsung Galaxy and other phones.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a01-a015f-replacement-battery-cover-with-lens-black","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A01 A015F Replacement Battery Cover With Lens (Black)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover with camera lens for Samsung Galaxy A01 (A015F), black\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a cracked, scratched or missing back cover on the Galaxy A01. The camera lens comes already fitted, so one part fixes both the back and a broken lens. Brand new, OEM standard fit and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLens included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the camera lens is fitted to the cover, ready to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the black Galaxy A01.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e made for the A015F back panel shape and cut-outs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-cost cosmetic repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e refreshes a tired or damaged phone before resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e not a used or reclaimed part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover with camera lens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A01 (SM-A015F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A01, model SM-A015F\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A01 Core, A02 or A02s. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting a replacement battery cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the edges of the old cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a plastic pick, working slowly around the frame. Clean away the old glue, check the camera area is free of dust, and press the new cover firmly into place. If your cover has no adhesive already applied, use a thin strip of phone repair adhesive around the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this cover include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The camera lens is already fitted to the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Galaxy A01 Core?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A01 Core is a different phone with a different back. This cover is for the A01 (A015F).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it only available in black?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is the black version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49770400317767,"sku":"","price":1.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9301998174535-white.jpg?v=1790791459"},{"product_id":"samsung-galaxy-a5-2017-a520-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-black-the-repair-plus","title":"Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 A520 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 A520 rear battery cover in Black\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement back cover in black for the Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 (SM-A520), fixing cracked, chipped or scratched rear glass. Comes with adhesive pre-fitted for a quick, clean fit, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e a sleek Black finish to match Black Sky A5 2017 handsets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-fitted adhesive:\u003c\/strong\u003e no extra tape needed, which saves time on the bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA520 specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the Galaxy A5 2017 only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the phone:\u003c\/strong\u003e shields the battery and internal parts from dust and damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e unused stock checked before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncludes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-fitted adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A5 2017 (SM-A520)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A5 2017\u003c\/strong\u003e, model SM-A520. It does not fit the Galaxy A5 2016 (A510), Galaxy A5 2015 (A500) or Galaxy A3 2017. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e; the model number should start with SM-A520.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat the old cover gently, lift it with a suction cup and opening picks, then remove all old adhesive and clean the frame with isopropyl alcohol. The new cover has adhesive already fitted, so peel the liner, line it up and press firmly around the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this black back cover fit the Galaxy A5 2016?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A5 2016 (A510) is a different size. This cover is for the A5 2017 (A520) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Adhesive comes pre-fitted to the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing covers the rear battery cover with adhesive. Check the product photos, and move your existing lens across if it is not fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49791554650439,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9311380734279-white.jpg?v=1790791802"},{"product_id":"samsung-galaxy-a5-2017-a520-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-gold-the-repair-plus","title":"Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 A520 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Gold) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 A520 rear battery cover in Gold\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement back cover in gold for the Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 (SM-A520), fixing cracked, chipped or scratched rear glass. Comes with adhesive pre-fitted for a quick, clean fit, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e a Gold finish that restores the look of Gold Sand A5 2017 phones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-fitted adhesive:\u003c\/strong\u003e no extra tape needed, which saves time on the bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA520 specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the Galaxy A5 2017 only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the phone:\u003c\/strong\u003e shields the battery and internal parts from dust and damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e unused stock checked before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncludes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-fitted adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A5 2017 (SM-A520)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A5 2017\u003c\/strong\u003e, model SM-A520. It does not fit the Galaxy A5 2016 (A510), Galaxy A5 2015 (A500) or Galaxy A3 2017. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e; the model number should start with SM-A520.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat the old cover gently, lift it with a suction cup and opening picks, then remove all old adhesive and clean the frame with isopropyl alcohol. The new cover has adhesive already fitted, so peel the liner, line it up and press firmly around the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this gold back cover fit the Galaxy A5 2016?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A5 2016 (A510) is a different size. This cover is for the A5 2017 (A520) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Adhesive comes pre-fitted to the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing covers the rear battery cover with adhesive. Check the product photos, and move your existing lens across if it is not fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49791558582599,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9311382995271-white.jpg?v=1790791802"},{"product_id":"samsung-galaxy-a5-2017-a520-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 A520 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 A520 rear battery cover in Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement back cover in pink for the Samsung Galaxy A5 2017 (SM-A520), fixing cracked, chipped or scratched rear glass. Comes with adhesive pre-fitted for a quick, clean fit, OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e a Pink finish to match Peach Cloud A5 2017 handsets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-fitted adhesive:\u003c\/strong\u003e no extra tape needed, which saves time on the bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA520 specific:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the Galaxy A5 2017 only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the phone:\u003c\/strong\u003e shields the battery and internal parts from dust and damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e unused stock checked before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncludes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-fitted adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A5 2017 (SM-A520)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A5 2017\u003c\/strong\u003e, model SM-A520. It does not fit the Galaxy A5 2016 (A510), Galaxy A5 2015 (A500) or Galaxy A3 2017. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e; the model number should start with SM-A520.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat the old cover gently, lift it with a suction cup and opening picks, then remove all old adhesive and clean the frame with isopropyl alcohol. The new cover has adhesive already fitted, so peel the liner, line it up and press firmly around the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this pink back cover fit the Galaxy A5 2016?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A5 2016 (A510) is a different size. This cover is for the A5 2017 (A520) only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Adhesive comes pre-fitted to the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing covers the rear battery cover with adhesive. Check the product photos, and move your existing lens across if it is not fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, ship the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49791594496327,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9311404360007-white.jpg?v=1790791803"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a9-2018-a920-replacement-battery-cover-rear-panel-with-adhesive-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 \/ A920 Replacement Battery Cover \/ Rear Panel With Adhesive (Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Pink back cover for Galaxy A9 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920) in Pink. It replaces a cracked, scratched or lifting rear cover. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A9 2018:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive for fitting, so you can seal the cover without buying extra tape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A7 2018 or A9 Pro. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A920).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the old cover evenly for a minute to soften the glue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a suction cup and plastic picks to lift it, working slowly round the edges so you do not tear the flex cables near the fingerprint area or wireless coil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean away every trace of old adhesive with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the new cover, press it firmly around the edges and leave it clamped or under light weight for a short while.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is dispatched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A9 2018?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adhesive is included for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product photos for this listing. If your old camera lens glass is undamaged and the new cover has no lens, you can move it across carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49798904938823,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9314912043335-white.jpg?v=1790792108"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a9-2018-a920-replacement-battery-cover-rear-panel-with-adhesive-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 \/ A920 Replacement Battery Cover \/ Rear Panel With Adhesive (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Black back cover for Galaxy A9 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the damaged back of a Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920). This brand new Black cover is made to OEM standard and fixes cracks, deep scratches and a cover that no longer sits flat. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A9 2018:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive for fitting, so you can seal the cover without buying extra tape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A9 Pro or A7 2018 (A750). To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A920).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you might need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA back cover swap needs only basic tools: a heat source, a suction cup, plastic opening picks and isopropyl alcohol. The adhesive is supplied with this cover. If the camera lens on your old cover is also cracked, check whether it needs moving across or replacing so photos stay sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStocked in the UK and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTested before dispatch, every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by home repairers and trade customers alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A9 2018?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adhesive is included for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product photos for this listing. If your old camera lens glass is undamaged and the new cover has no lens, you can move it across carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49798910148935,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9314915057991-white.jpg?v=1790792108"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a9-2018-a920-replacement-battery-cover-rear-panel-with-adhesive-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 \/ A920 Replacement Battery Cover \/ Rear Panel With Adhesive (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Blue back cover for Galaxy A9 2018\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a tired or broken Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920) back to a clean finish. This brand new Blue cover is made to OEM standard for cracked or lifting rear panels. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A9 2018:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive for fitting, so you can seal the cover without buying extra tape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A9 Pro or A8 2018. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A920).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right colour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSamsung sold the Galaxy A9 2018 in several finishes. Match the colour name printed on the box or shown in the phone's listing if you want the same look as before, or pick a different shade to give the phone a fresh style. Colours can look slightly different on screen, so we list the official colour name, \u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the title.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A9 2018?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A9 2018 (A920) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adhesive is included for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49798916014407,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9314917220679-white.jpg?v=1790792108"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a10-a105-replacement-rear-battery-cover-housing-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A10 A105 Replacement Rear Battery Cover \/ Housing (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A10 (A105), black\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a cracked, scratched or loose rear housing on the Galaxy A10 with a clean black finish. It is a brand new, OEM standard fit part with precise cut-outs for the camera and buttons, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic black:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the black Galaxy A10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision made:\u003c\/strong\u003e accurate fit around the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and knocks away from the battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple swap:\u003c\/strong\u003e no special tools needed for most repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e not used or reclaimed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover \/ housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10 (SM-A105)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10 (SM-A105)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A10e, A10s or A20, which have different backs. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting a replacement battery cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the edges of the old cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a plastic pick, working slowly around the frame. Clean away the old glue, check the camera area is free of dust, and press the new cover firmly into place. If your cover has no adhesive already applied, use a thin strip of phone repair adhesive around the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the Galaxy A10s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A10s has a different back cover. This part is for the A10 (A105).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this cover the same colour as the factory black A10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a black finish made to match the black Galaxy A10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing is for the rear cover and housing. Check your old cover and move the lens across if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, unused parts can be returned within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49798987546951,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9314945761607-white.jpg?v=1790792109"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a10-a105-replacement-rear-battery-cover-housing-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A10 A105 Replacement Rear Battery Cover \/ Housing (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A10 (A105), blue\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a scuffed or broken Galaxy A10 a fresh blue back. It is a brand new rear housing made to OEM standard fit, so it clips on neatly around the camera and buttons, and it is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e brings back the blue look of your Galaxy A10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision made:\u003c\/strong\u003e accurate fit around the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and knocks away from the battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple swap:\u003c\/strong\u003e no special tools needed for most repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e not used or reclaimed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover \/ housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10 (SM-A105)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10 (SM-A105)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A10e, A10s or A20, which have different backs. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting a replacement battery cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the edges of the old cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a plastic pick, working slowly around the frame. Clean away the old glue, check the camera area is free of dust, and press the new cover firmly into place. If your cover has no adhesive already applied, use a thin strip of phone repair adhesive around the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the Galaxy A10s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A10s has a different back cover. This part is for the A10 (A105).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I switch my A10 to blue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. You can fit the blue cover to any Galaxy A10 (A105) to change its colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing is for the rear cover and housing. Check your old cover and move the lens across if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, unused parts can be returned within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49798993215815,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9314947531079-white.jpg?v=1790792109"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a10-a105-replacement-rear-battery-cover-housing-red-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A10 A105 Replacement Rear Battery Cover \/ Housing (Red) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A10 (A105), red\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new red rear housing that refreshes a damaged or worn Galaxy A10. It is made to OEM standard fit with precise cut-outs, so the phone looks and feels like new again, and it is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the bold red colour of the Galaxy A10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision made:\u003c\/strong\u003e accurate fit around the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and knocks away from the battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple swap:\u003c\/strong\u003e no special tools needed for most repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e not used or reclaimed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover \/ housing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10 (SM-A105)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A10 (SM-A105)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A10e, A10s or A20, which have different backs. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting a replacement battery cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the edges of the old cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a plastic pick, working slowly around the frame. Clean away the old glue, check the camera area is free of dust, and press the new cover firmly into place. If your cover has no adhesive already applied, use a thin strip of phone repair adhesive around the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the Galaxy A10s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A10s has a different back cover. This part is for the A10 (A105).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the red cover a bright or dark shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the red finish made for the Galaxy A10. Colours may vary slightly on screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing is for the rear cover and housing. Check your old cover and move the lens across if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, unused parts can be returned within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49799812874567,"sku":"","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9315295953223-white.jpg?v=1790792110"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a11-a115-replacement-rear-battery-cover-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A11 A115 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A11 (A115), black\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a cracked or scratched back on the Galaxy A11 with a clean black finish. It is a brand new part made to OEM standard fit, with no soldering needed, and it is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e matches the black Galaxy A11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise cut-outs for the camera and fingerprint sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple cosmetic swap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e not reclaimed from used phones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A11 (SM-A115)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A11 (SM-A115)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A12 or M11, which have different backs. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting a replacement battery cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the edges of the old cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a plastic pick, working slowly around the frame. Clean away the old glue, check the camera area is free of dust, and press the new cover firmly into place. If your cover has no adhesive already applied, use a thin strip of phone repair adhesive around the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the Galaxy A12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A12 has a different back. This cover is for the Galaxy A11 (A115).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use a black cover on a different coloured A11?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Any Galaxy A11 (A115) can take this cover, so you can change the colour too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Warm and lift the old cover, clean the frame, then press the new one into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is delivery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester for orders before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49800940814663,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9315767025991-white.jpg?v=1790792412"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a11-a115-replacement-rear-battery-cover-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A11 A115 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A11 (A115), blue\u003c\/strong\u003e gives a damaged Galaxy A11 a fresh blue back. This brand new rear cover is made to OEM standard fit around the camera and fingerprint area, needs no soldering, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the blue look of the Galaxy A11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise cut-outs for the camera and fingerprint sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple cosmetic swap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e not reclaimed from used phones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A11 (SM-A115)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A11 (SM-A115)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A12 or M11, which have different backs. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting a replacement battery cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the edges of the old cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a plastic pick, working slowly around the frame. Clean away the old glue, check the camera area is free of dust, and press the new cover firmly into place. If your cover has no adhesive already applied, use a thin strip of phone repair adhesive around the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the Galaxy A12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A12 has a different back. This cover is for the Galaxy A11 (A115).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the blue exactly the same shade as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the blue finish made for the Galaxy A11. Slight variation between batches is possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Warm and lift the old cover, clean the frame, then press the new one into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is delivery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester for orders before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49800947335495,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9315772760391-white.jpg?v=1790792412"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a20-a205-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A20 A205 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A20 A205 (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new blue replacement back panel, made to OEM standard, for the Samsung Galaxy A20 (A205). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and includes adhesive. It is tested, then shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, to restore the factory look of your Galaxy A20.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive fitted, so you do not need to buy glue separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut for the Galaxy A20 A205 body, camera cut-out and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple panel swap that suits DIY repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel) with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20 (A205)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20\u003c\/strong\u003e (A205) only. It does not fit the Galaxy A20e (A202) or Galaxy A20s (A207), which have different body sizes and camera layouts. Check your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e (the model number starts with SM-) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit the rear cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover to soften the adhesive, lift it with a suction cup and plastic pick, and peel it away. Clean every trace of old glue from the frame with isopropyl alcohol and let it dry. Check whether your old cover carries a camera lens you need to move across. Peel the backing from the new adhesive, line the cover up with the camera cut-out and press firmly around the edges. Clamp it or place it face down under light weight for a few minutes so the bond settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Galaxy A20 A205. Check the model number in Settings \u0026gt; About phone before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Galaxy A20 cover fit the A20e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A20e is a smaller phone with a different back. Choose the A20e cover for that model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover comes with adhesive for fitting. Clean the old glue off the frame first for the best bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49803930534215,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9316853055815-white.jpg?v=1790792619"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a20s-a207-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A20s A207 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A20s A207 (Black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new black replacement back panel, made to OEM standard, for the Samsung Galaxy A20s (A207). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and includes adhesive. It is tested, then shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, to restore the factory look of your Galaxy A20s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive fitted, so you do not need to buy glue separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut for the Galaxy A20s A207 body, camera cut-out and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple panel swap that suits DIY repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel) with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20s (A207)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20s\u003c\/strong\u003e (A207) only. It does not fit the Galaxy A20 (A205) or Galaxy A20e (A202), which have different body sizes and camera layouts. Check your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e (the model number starts with SM-) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure the frame is clean and dry, as leftover glue stops the new adhesive from sitting flat. If the phone has been dropped, look for a bent frame or a swollen battery, since either will stop the new cover sitting flush. Handle the adhesive by its edges and press around the full perimeter once fitted. Leave the phone to settle for a short while before putting it in a tight case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A20s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Galaxy A20s A207. Check the model number in Settings \u0026gt; About phone before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the A20s cover the same as the A20 cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A20s has a different body and camera layout from the A20. Buy the cover that matches your model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover comes with adhesive for fitting. Clean the old glue off the frame first for the best bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49804176687431,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9316914430279-white.jpg?v=1790792619"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a20s-a207-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A20s A207 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A20s A207 (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new blue replacement back panel, made to OEM standard, for the Samsung Galaxy A20s (A207). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and includes adhesive. It is tested, then shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, to restore the factory look of your Galaxy A20s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive fitted, so you do not need to buy glue separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut for the Galaxy A20s A207 body, camera cut-out and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple panel swap that suits DIY repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel) with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20s (A207)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20s\u003c\/strong\u003e (A207) only. It does not fit the Galaxy A20 (A205) or Galaxy A20e (A202), which have different body sizes and camera layouts. Check your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e (the model number starts with SM-) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit the rear cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover to soften the adhesive, lift it with a suction cup and plastic pick, and peel it away. Clean every trace of old glue from the frame with isopropyl alcohol and let it dry. Check whether your old cover carries a camera lens you need to move across. Peel the backing from the new adhesive, line the cover up with the camera cut-out and press firmly around the edges. Clamp it or place it face down under light weight for a few minutes so the bond settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A20s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Galaxy A20s A207. Check the model number in Settings \u0026gt; About phone before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to solder anything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The back cover simply bonds to the frame with adhesive. No soldering is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover comes with adhesive for fitting. Clean the old glue off the frame first for the best bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49805882786119,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9317210194247-white.jpg?v=1790792721"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a20e-a202-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new blue replacement back panel, made to OEM standard, for the Samsung Galaxy A20e (A202). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and includes adhesive. It is tested, then shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, to restore the factory look of your Galaxy A20e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive fitted, so you do not need to buy glue separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut for the Galaxy A20e A202 body, camera cut-out and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple panel swap that suits DIY repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel) with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e (A202)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e\u003c\/strong\u003e (A202) only. It does not fit the Galaxy A20 (A205) or Galaxy A20s (A207), which are larger phones with different back covers. Check your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e (the model number starts with SM-) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit the rear cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover to soften the adhesive, lift it with a suction cup and plastic pick, and peel it away. Clean every trace of old glue from the frame with isopropyl alcohol and let it dry. Check whether your old cover carries a camera lens you need to move across. Peel the backing from the new adhesive, line the cover up with the camera cut-out and press firmly around the edges. Clamp it or place it face down under light weight for a few minutes so the bond settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A20e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Galaxy A20e A202. Check the model number in Settings \u0026gt; About phone before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I change my A20e to a different colour?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is a straight swap, so you can fit blue in place of another colour. The body frame edges stay their existing colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover comes with adhesive for fitting. Clean the old glue off the frame first for the best bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49805935968583,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9317233393991-white.jpg?v=1790792722"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a20e-a202-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 (Black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new black replacement back panel, made to OEM standard, for the Samsung Galaxy A20e (A202). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and includes adhesive. It is tested, then shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, to restore the factory look of your Galaxy A20e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive fitted, so you do not need to buy glue separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut for the Galaxy A20e A202 body, camera cut-out and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple panel swap that suits DIY repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel) with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e (A202)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e\u003c\/strong\u003e (A202) only. It does not fit the Galaxy A20 (A205) or Galaxy A20s (A207), which are larger phones with different back covers. Check your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e (the model number starts with SM-) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure the frame is clean and dry, as leftover glue stops the new adhesive from sitting flat. If the phone has been dropped, look for a bent frame or a swollen battery, since either will stop the new cover sitting flush. Handle the adhesive by its edges and press around the full perimeter once fitted. Leave the phone to settle for a short while before putting it in a tight case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A20e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Galaxy A20e A202. Check the model number in Settings \u0026gt; About phone before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this cover fit the Galaxy A20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A20 is a larger phone. This black cover is for the Galaxy A20e A202 only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover comes with adhesive for fitting. Clean the old glue off the frame first for the best bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49805937377607,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9317234344263-white.jpg?v=1790792723"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a20e-a202-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 (White)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new white replacement back panel, made to OEM standard, for the Samsung Galaxy A20e (A202). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and includes adhesive. It is tested, then shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, to restore the factory look of your Galaxy A20e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive fitted, so you do not need to buy glue separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut for the Galaxy A20e A202 body, camera cut-out and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple panel swap that suits DIY repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel) with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e (A202)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e\u003c\/strong\u003e (A202) only. It does not fit the Galaxy A20 (A205) or Galaxy A20s (A207), which are larger phones with different back covers. Check your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e (the model number starts with SM-) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit the rear cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover to soften the adhesive, lift it with a suction cup and plastic pick, and peel it away. Clean every trace of old glue from the frame with isopropyl alcohol and let it dry. Check whether your old cover carries a camera lens you need to move across. Peel the backing from the new adhesive, line the cover up with the camera cut-out and press firmly around the edges. Clamp it or place it face down under light weight for a few minutes so the bond settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A20e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Galaxy A20e A202. Check the model number in Settings \u0026gt; About phone before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the white cover show fingerprints or marks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA white finish hides fingerprints well, but keep the adhesive area clean when fitting so no glue or dust shows at the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover comes with adhesive for fitting. Clean the old glue off the frame first for the best bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49805945143623,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9317237883207-white.jpg?v=1790792722"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a20e-a202-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-orange-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Orange) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A20e A202 (Orange)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new orange replacement back panel, made to OEM standard, for the Samsung Galaxy A20e (A202). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and includes adhesive. It is tested, then shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange, to restore the factory look of your Galaxy A20e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive fitted, so you do not need to buy glue separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut for the Galaxy A20e A202 body, camera cut-out and edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soldering:\u003c\/strong\u003e a simple panel swap that suits DIY repairers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish before it leaves Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel) with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e (A202)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A20e\u003c\/strong\u003e (A202) only. It does not fit the Galaxy A20 (A205) or Galaxy A20s (A207), which are larger phones with different back covers. Check your exact model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e (the model number starts with SM-) before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure the frame is clean and dry, as leftover glue stops the new adhesive from sitting flat. If the phone has been dropped, look for a bent frame or a swollen battery, since either will stop the new cover sitting flush. Handle the adhesive by its edges and press around the full perimeter once fitted. Leave the phone to settle for a short while before putting it in a tight case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A20e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Galaxy A20e A202. Check the model number in Settings \u0026gt; About phone before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the orange cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with adhesive ready to fit. You only need to remove the old cover and clean the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover comes with adhesive for fitting. Clean the old glue off the frame first for the best bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49805999079751,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9317260853575-white.jpg?v=1790792723"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a50-a505-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover with adhesive for Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 (Black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Galaxy A50 (SM-A505). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and comes with adhesive for a secure fit, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e pre-applied adhesive makes fitting quicker and neater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the black look of your Galaxy A50.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA505 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut-outs line up with the Galaxy A50 triple camera.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes the phone up after a battery or board repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e free of scratches and marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 (2019) A505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 A505\u003c\/strong\u003e (2019). It does not fit the Galaxy A50s, A51 or A30s, which have different camera layouts. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a Galaxy A50 back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover, slide an opening pick under the edge and work around the phone. Clean off the old glue with isopropyl alcohol, peel the backing from the new adhesive, line up the camera cut-out and press the cover down evenly. Leave the phone under light pressure for a short while to bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on every order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by home repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the Galaxy A50s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A50s has a different camera arrangement. This cover is for the Galaxy A50 A505.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the adhesive already on the cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This cover is supplied with adhesive, so there is no separate glue to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the black match my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the standard black shade for the Galaxy A50. Small tone differences can occur between production batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49828804002119,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326161953095-white.jpg?v=1790792085"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a50-a505-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-coral-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Coral) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover with adhesive for Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 (Coral)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Galaxy A50 (SM-A505). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and comes with adhesive for a secure fit, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e pre-applied adhesive makes fitting quicker and neater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the coral look of your Galaxy A50.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA505 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut-outs line up with the Galaxy A50 triple camera.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes the phone up after a battery or board repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e free of scratches and marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 (2019) A505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 A505\u003c\/strong\u003e (2019). It does not fit the Galaxy A50s, A51 or A30s, which have different camera layouts. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a Galaxy A50 back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover, slide an opening pick under the edge and work around the phone. Clean off the old glue with isopropyl alcohol, peel the backing from the new adhesive, line up the camera cut-out and press the cover down evenly. Leave the phone under light pressure for a short while to bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the Galaxy A50s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A50s has a different camera arrangement. This cover is for the Galaxy A50 A505.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the adhesive already on the cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This cover is supplied with adhesive, so there is no separate glue to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour is coral?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoral is a warm pink-orange shade that was offered on the Galaxy A50. It suits a like-for-like repair or a colour change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49828810293575,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326165885255-white.jpg?v=1790792085"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a50-a505-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover with adhesive for Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Galaxy A50 (SM-A505). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and comes with adhesive for a secure fit, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e pre-applied adhesive makes fitting quicker and neater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the blue look of your Galaxy A50.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA505 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut-outs line up with the Galaxy A50 triple camera.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes the phone up after a battery or board repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e free of scratches and marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 (2019) A505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 A505\u003c\/strong\u003e (2019). It does not fit the Galaxy A50s, A51 or A30s, which have different camera layouts. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a Galaxy A50 back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover, slide an opening pick under the edge and work around the phone. Clean off the old glue with isopropyl alcohol, peel the backing from the new adhesive, line up the camera cut-out and press the cover down evenly. Leave the phone under light pressure for a short while to bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShipped from our Manchester stock, not from overseas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part checked and tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30 days to return it if it is not right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and trade repair shops alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the Galaxy A50s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A50s has a different camera arrangement. This cover is for the Galaxy A50 A505.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the adhesive already on the cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This cover is supplied with adhesive, so there is no separate glue to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I change my phone colour with this cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Many people fit the blue back to give a black or white Galaxy A50 a new look, as the fit is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49828820713799,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326171750727-white.jpg?v=1790792085"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a50-a505-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover with adhesive for Samsung Galaxy A50 A505 (White)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Galaxy A50 (SM-A505). It replaces a cracked or scratched back and comes with adhesive for a secure fit, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e pre-applied adhesive makes fitting quicker and neater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores the white look of your Galaxy A50.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA505 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut-outs line up with the Galaxy A50 triple camera.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes the phone up after a battery or board repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e free of scratches and marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover with adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 (2019) A505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A50 A505\u003c\/strong\u003e (2019). It does not fit the Galaxy A50s, A51 or A30s, which have different camera layouts. Check your model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a Galaxy A50 back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the old cover, slide an opening pick under the edge and work around the phone. Clean off the old glue with isopropyl alcohol, peel the backing from the new adhesive, line up the camera cut-out and press the cover down evenly. Leave the phone under light pressure for a short while to bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on every order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by home repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the Galaxy A50s?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The A50s has a different camera arrangement. This cover is for the Galaxy A50 A505.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the adhesive already on the cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This cover is supplied with adhesive, so there is no separate glue to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the white cover show marks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA white back shows fingerprints less than dark colours, and a clear case helps keep it clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49828826644807,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326174273863-white.jpg?v=1790792085"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a51-a515-replacement-rear-battery-cover-prism-crush-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A51 A515 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Prism Crush Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A51 A515 (Prism Crush Black)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Galaxy A51 (SM-A515F). It replaces a cracked, scratched or lifting back and restores the Prism Crush Black finish, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush Black:\u003c\/strong\u003e the patterned black finish of the Galaxy A51.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for A515:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits the SM-A515F frame and quad camera cut-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective shell:\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the battery and internals after a repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e no scratches or scuffs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A51 (A515 \/ SM-A515F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrism Crush Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A51 A515\u003c\/strong\u003e (4G). It does not fit the Galaxy A51 5G (A516), A50 or A52. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A51 back is glued to the frame, so use gentle heat, an opening pick, isopropyl alcohol to clean off the old glue, and a new back cover adhesive sheet. Line up the camera window first, then press the edges down firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Galaxy A51 5G?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A51 5G (A516) has a different rear housing. This cover is for the A515.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does Prism Crush Black look like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a dark finish with a subtle geometric pattern that catches the light, as on the black Galaxy A51.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Fit a new adhesive sheet so the cover bonds flat and stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will I receive it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Manchester the same day if you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49829327110471,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326404698439-white.jpg?v=1790792278"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a51-a515-replacement-rear-battery-cover-prism-crush-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A51 A515 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Prism Crush Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A51 A515 (Prism Crush Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Galaxy A51 (SM-A515F). It replaces a cracked, scratched or lifting back and restores the Prism Crush Blue finish, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush Blue:\u003c\/strong\u003e the patterned blue finish of the Galaxy A51.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for A515:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits the SM-A515F frame and quad camera cut-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective shell:\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the battery and internals after a repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e no scratches or scuffs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A51 (A515 \/ SM-A515F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrism Crush Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A51 A515\u003c\/strong\u003e (4G). It does not fit the Galaxy A51 5G (A516), A50 or A52. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A51 back is glued to the frame, so use gentle heat, an opening pick, isopropyl alcohol to clean off the old glue, and a new back cover adhesive sheet. Line up the camera window first, then press the edges down firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, for same-day dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on every order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by home repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Galaxy A51 5G?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A51 5G (A516) has a different rear housing. This cover is for the A515.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the blue cover on a black A51?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The fit is identical across colours, so you can switch colour if you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Fit a new adhesive sheet so the cover bonds flat and stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will I receive it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Manchester the same day if you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49829330714951,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326406304071-white.jpg?v=1790792278"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a51-a515-replacement-rear-battery-cover-prism-crush-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A51 A515 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Prism Crush White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus rear battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A51 A515 (Prism Crush White)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Galaxy A51 (SM-A515F). It replaces a cracked, scratched or lifting back and restores the Prism Crush White finish, shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush White:\u003c\/strong\u003e the patterned white finish of the Galaxy A51.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for A515:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits the SM-A515F frame and quad camera cut-out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective shell:\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the battery and internals after a repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e no scratches or scuffs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A51 (A515 \/ SM-A515F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrism Crush White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A51 A515\u003c\/strong\u003e (4G). It does not fit the Galaxy A51 5G (A516), A50 or A52. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you need to fit it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A51 back is glued to the frame, so use gentle heat, an opening pick, isopropyl alcohol to clean off the old glue, and a new back cover adhesive sheet. Line up the camera window first, then press the edges down firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShipped from our Manchester stock, not from overseas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part checked and tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30 days to return it if it is not right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and trade repair shops alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Galaxy A51 5G?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Galaxy A51 5G (A516) has a different rear housing. This cover is for the A515.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the white cover have a pattern?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Prism Crush White has the light prism-style pattern that reflects different tones as it moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Fit a new adhesive sheet so the cover bonds flat and stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will I receive it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Manchester the same day if you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49829339693383,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326411743559-white.jpg?v=1790792279"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a52s-5g-a528-replacement-battery-cover-awesome-mint-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G A528 Replacement Battery Cover (Awesome Mint) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus battery cover for Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G A528 (Awesome Mint)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard rear cover for the Galaxy A52s 5G (SM-A528B). It replaces a cracked or scuffed back, restores the Awesome Mint colour and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAwesome Mint colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e the soft green shade offered on the Galaxy A52s 5G.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA528 fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e cut-outs for the camera module, ports and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the phone after a battery or board repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new:\u003c\/strong\u003e no scratches or blemishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e checked for fit and finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery back cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwesome Mint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It does not fit the Galaxy A53 5G or A51. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting a Galaxy A52s back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat the old cover evenly, lift it with an opening pick and clean the frame with isopropyl alcohol. Apply a fresh adhesive sheet, line up the camera cut-out and press the new cover down firmly around every edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this cover fit the Galaxy A52 5G?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is listed for the A52s 5G A528. Check your model number before ordering for another A52 version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a new adhesive sheet so the cover bonds securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Awesome Mint green?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a pale mint green, one of the colours offered on the Galaxy A52s 5G.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast is dispatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49829551145287,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326474461511-white.jpg?v=1790792374"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a52s-5g-a528-replacement-battery-cover-awesome-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G A528 Replacement Battery Cover (Awesome White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Awesome White back cover for Galaxy A52s 5G\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new rear housing panel made to OEM standard for the Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B), finished in Awesome White. Use it to fix a smashed, scuffed or loose back cover after a drop. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A52s 5G:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAwesome White finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no soldering needed; it is held on with adhesive, so the job is quick with basic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwesome White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A53 5G or A72. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A528).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you might need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA back cover swap needs only basic tools: a heat source, a suction cup, plastic opening picks and isopropyl alcohol. You will also need a pre-cut back cover adhesive or strong double-sided repair tape to seal it. If the camera lens on your old cover is also cracked, check whether it needs moving across or replacing so photos stay sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStocked in the UK and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTested before dispatch, every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by home repairers and trade customers alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A52s 5G?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive is not listed as included, so we suggest ordering a back cover adhesive or repair tape to seal the phone securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49829568840007,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326483669319-white.jpg?v=1790792374"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a52s-5g-a528-replacement-battery-cover-awesome-violet-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G A528 Replacement Battery Cover (Awesome Violet) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Awesome Violet back cover for Galaxy A52s 5G\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B) in Awesome Violet. It replaces a cracked, scratched or lifting rear cover. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A52s 5G:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAwesome Violet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no soldering needed; it is held on with adhesive, so the job is quick with basic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAwesome Violet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A52 4G or A52 5G, which have slightly different camera layouts, or the A53 5G. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A528).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the old cover evenly for a minute to soften the glue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a suction cup and plastic picks to lift it, working slowly round the edges so you do not tear the flex cables near the fingerprint area or wireless coil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean away every trace of old adhesive with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the new cover, press it firmly around the edges and leave it clamped or under light weight for a short while.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is dispatched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A52s 5G?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A52s 5G (A528B) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive is not listed as included, so we suggest ordering a back cover adhesive or repair tape to seal the phone securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product photos for this listing. If your old camera lens glass is undamaged and the new cover has no lens, you can move it across carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49829573296455,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326485832007-white.jpg?v=1790792374"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a70-a705-replacement-rear-battery-cover-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A70 A705 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Blue back cover for Galaxy A70\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the damaged back of a Samsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705). This brand new Blue cover is made to OEM standard and fixes cracks, deep scratches and a cover that no longer sits flat. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A70:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no soldering needed; it is held on with adhesive, so the job is quick with basic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A71 (A715) or A50. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A705).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you might need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA back cover swap needs only basic tools: a heat source, a suction cup, plastic opening picks and isopropyl alcohol. You will also need a pre-cut back cover adhesive or strong double-sided repair tape to seal it. If the camera lens on your old cover is also cracked, check whether it needs moving across or replacing so photos stay sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStocked in the UK and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTested before dispatch, every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by home repairers and trade customers alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A70?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive is not listed as included, so we suggest ordering a back cover adhesive or repair tape to seal the phone securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product photos for this listing. If your old camera lens glass is undamaged and the new cover has no lens, you can move it across carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49831205142855,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9326997963079-white.jpg?v=1790792470"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a70-a705-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A70 A705 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus White back cover for Galaxy A70\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Samsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705) in White. It replaces a cracked, scratched or lifting rear cover. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A70:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive for fitting, so you can seal the cover without buying extra tape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A71 or A72. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A705).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the old cover evenly for a minute to soften the glue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a suction cup and plastic picks to lift it, working slowly round the edges so you do not tear the flex cables near the fingerprint area or wireless coil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean away every trace of old adhesive with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the new cover, press it firmly around the edges and leave it clamped or under light weight for a short while.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is dispatched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A70?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adhesive is included for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product photos for this listing. If your old camera lens glass is undamaged and the new cover has no lens, you can move it across carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49831365640519,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327006613831-white.jpg?v=1790792471"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a70-a705-replacement-rear-battery-cover-with-adhesive-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A70 A705 Replacement Rear Battery Cover with Adhesive (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Black back cover for Galaxy A70\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a tired or broken Samsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705) back to a clean finish. This brand new Black cover is made to OEM standard for cracked or lifting rear panels. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A70:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive included:\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with adhesive for fitting, so you can seal the cover without buying extra tape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A71 or A80. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A705).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right colour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSamsung sold the Galaxy A70 in several finishes. Match the colour name printed on the box or shown in the phone's listing if you want the same look as before, or pick a different shade to give the phone a fresh style. Colours can look slightly different on screen, so we list the official colour name, \u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the title.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A70?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A70 2019 (A705) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, adhesive is included for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49831396540743,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327016051015-white.jpg?v=1790792567"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a71-a715-replacement-rear-battery-cover-prism-crush-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A71 A715 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Prism Crush Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Prism Crush Pink back cover for Galaxy A71\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new rear housing panel made to OEM standard for the Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715), finished in Prism Crush Pink. Use it to fix a smashed, scuffed or loose back cover after a drop. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A71:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush Pink finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no soldering needed; it is held on with adhesive, so the job is quick with basic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrism Crush Pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A71 5G (A716) or A70. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A715).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right colour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSamsung sold the Galaxy A71 in several finishes. Match the colour name printed on the box or shown in the phone's listing if you want the same look as before, or pick a different shade to give the phone a fresh style. Colours can look slightly different on screen, so we list the official colour name, \u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e, in the title.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A71?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive is not listed as included, so we suggest ordering a back cover adhesive or repair tape to seal the phone securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49834043408711,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327717187911-white.jpg?v=1790792568"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a71-a715-replacement-rear-battery-cover-prism-crush-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A71 A715 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Prism Crush White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Prism Crush White back cover for Galaxy A71\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the damaged back of a Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715). This brand new Prism Crush White cover is made to OEM standard and fixes cracks, deep scratches and a cover that no longer sits flat. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A71:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush White finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no soldering needed; it is held on with adhesive, so the job is quick with basic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrism Crush White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A71 5G (A716) or A51. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A715).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the old cover evenly for a minute to soften the glue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a suction cup and plastic picks to lift it, working slowly round the edges so you do not tear the flex cables near the fingerprint area or wireless coil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean away every trace of old adhesive with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the new cover, press it firmly around the edges and leave it clamped or under light weight for a short while.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is dispatched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A71?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive is not listed as included, so we suggest ordering a back cover adhesive or repair tape to seal the phone securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product photos for this listing. If your old camera lens glass is undamaged and the new cover has no lens, you can move it across carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49834044883271,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327717843271-white.jpg?v=1790792568"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a71-a715-replacement-rear-battery-cover-prism-crush-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A71 A715 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Prism Crush Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Prism Crush Blue back cover for Galaxy A71\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new, OEM standard back panel for the Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715) in Prism Crush Blue. It replaces a cracked, scratched or lifting rear cover. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A71:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush Blue finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no soldering needed; it is held on with adhesive, so the job is quick with basic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrism Crush Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A71 5G (A716), A51 or A72. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A715).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you might need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA back cover swap needs only basic tools: a heat source, a suction cup, plastic opening picks and isopropyl alcohol. You will also need a pre-cut back cover adhesive or strong double-sided repair tape to seal it. If the camera lens on your old cover is also cracked, check whether it needs moving across or replacing so photos stay sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch on orders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStocked in the UK and sent from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTested before dispatch, every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by home repairers and trade customers alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A71?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive is not listed as included, so we suggest ordering a back cover adhesive or repair tape to seal the phone securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the camera lens come fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product photos for this listing. If your old camera lens glass is undamaged and the new cover has no lens, you can move it across carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49834047832391,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327718465863-white.jpg?v=1790792569"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a71-a715-replacement-rear-battery-cover-prism-crush-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A71 A715 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Prism Crush Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Prism Crush Black back cover for Galaxy A71\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a tired or broken Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715) back to a clean finish. This brand new Prism Crush Black cover is made to OEM standard for cracked or lifting rear panels. Shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the Galaxy A71:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions, with cut-outs lined up for the camera, flash and buttons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrism Crush Black finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e a clean colour match so the phone looks tidy again, whether you are keeping it or preparing it for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the internals:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals the back of the phone to help keep dust and dirt away from the battery and board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e no soldering needed; it is held on with adhesive, so the job is quick with basic tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new and checked:\u003c\/strong\u003e never used or refurbished, and inspected before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrism Crush Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A71 (A715)\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the Galaxy A71 5G (A716) or A70. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model number (it should start SM-A715).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit a replacement back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the old cover evenly for a minute to soften the glue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a suction cup and plastic picks to lift it, working slowly round the edges so you do not tear the flex cables near the fingerprint area or wireless coil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean away every trace of old adhesive with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the new cover, press it firmly around the edges and leave it clamped or under light weight for a short while.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and it leaves us the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeld in UK stock and shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach part is tested before it is dispatched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed by DIY repairers and repair shops across the UK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A71?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Samsung Galaxy A71 (A715) only. Check the model number in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover come with adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdhesive is not listed as included, so we suggest ordering a back cover adhesive or repair tape to seal the phone securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it hard to replace a Samsung back cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is one of the easier repairs. With gentle heat, a suction cup and plastic picks, most people finish it in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will it be sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your cover is dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49834050814279,"sku":"","price":3.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327718924615-white.jpg?v=1790792664"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a90-a908-replacement-rear-battery-cover-black-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A90 A908 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (Black) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Samsung Galaxy A90 rear battery cover (Black)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a cracked, scratched or shattered back panel on the Galaxy A90 (model A908) in a clean black finish that hides fingerprints well. It is brand new to OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e colour-matched to the Galaxy A90 Black model so the phone looks as it did new.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard shape with cut-outs for the Galaxy A90 camera and sensors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeals the back:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores protection against dust and dirt once fitted with fresh adhesive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every cover is inspected for fit and finish before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor DIY and trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e a quick cosmetic repair for home fixers and repair shops alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back glass panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A90 (A908)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A90\u003c\/strong\u003e, model A908, only. It does not fit the Galaxy A80, A71 or A91, which have different sizes and camera layouts. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering, and pick the colour that matches your frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to replace the Galaxy A90 back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower the phone off and gather a heat gun or heat mat, a suction cup, plastic opening picks and isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the edges of the old back cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a suction cup and slide picks around the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean all old adhesive and glass fragments from the frame with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply new back cover adhesive to the frame, line up the camera cut-out and press the cover firmly into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClamp or hold it under light pressure for a few minutes so the adhesive bonds evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A90?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Samsung Galaxy A90, model A908. It will not fit the Galaxy A80, A71 or A91.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back cover itself. We recommend fresh back cover adhesive so the panel sits flat and stays sealed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The wireless charging coil sits inside the phone, not in the back cover, so it works as normal once the new cover is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49834120085831,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327735144775-white.jpg?v=1790792761"},{"product_id":"for-samsung-galaxy-a90-a908-replacement-rear-battery-cover-white-the-repair-plus","title":"For Samsung Galaxy A90 A908 Replacement Rear Battery Cover (White) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus Samsung Galaxy A90 rear battery cover (White)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces a cracked, scratched or shattered back panel on the Galaxy A90 (model A908) in a bright white finish for a fresh, clean look. It is brand new to OEM standard and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e colour-matched to the Galaxy A90 White model so the phone looks as it did new.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e OEM standard shape with cut-outs for the Galaxy A90 camera and sensors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeals the back:\u003c\/strong\u003e restores protection against dust and dirt once fitted with fresh adhesive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every cover is inspected for fit and finish before it leaves us.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor DIY and trade:\u003c\/strong\u003e a quick cosmetic repair for home fixers and repair shops alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear battery cover (back glass panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSamsung Galaxy A90 (A908)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eSamsung Galaxy A90\u003c\/strong\u003e, model A908, only. It does not fit the Galaxy A80, A71 or A91, which have different sizes and camera layouts. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; About phone\u003c\/em\u003e before ordering, and pick the colour that matches your frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to replace the Galaxy A90 back cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower the phone off and gather a heat gun or heat mat, a suction cup, plastic opening picks and isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the edges of the old back cover to soften the adhesive, then lift it with a suction cup and slide picks around the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean all old adhesive and glass fragments from the frame with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply new back cover adhesive to the frame, line up the camera cut-out and press the cover firmly into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClamp or hold it under light pressure for a few minutes so the adhesive bonds evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back cover fit my Galaxy A90?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone is the Samsung Galaxy A90, model A908. It will not fit the Galaxy A80, A71 or A91.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs adhesive included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back cover itself. We recommend fresh back cover adhesive so the panel sits flat and stays sealed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The wireless charging coil sits inside the phone, not in the back cover, so it works as normal once the new cover is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49834122084679,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9327735603527-white.jpg?v=1790792761"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-alpine-green-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Alpine Green) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 Pro Max (Alpine Green)\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces cracked or scuffed rear glass on the iPhone 13 Pro Max with a brand new panel in an Alpine Green finish. Cut to OEM standard, it is checked before it leaves us and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the iPhone 13 Pro Max:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions for this model only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour matched:\u003c\/strong\u003e an Alpine Green finish to keep your phone looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the rear seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes up cracks that let dust and grit into the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for resale:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fresh back makes a used iPhone 13 Pro Max far easier to sell or trade in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a dependable stock part for repair shops handling back glass jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlpine Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max or iPhone 14 Pro Max. The iPhone 12 Pro Max has a smaller camera module, and the iPhone 13 Pro is a smaller phone, so neither is a match for this panel. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else do you need for this repair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving old back glass on the iPhone 13 Pro Max is the hard part. You will need a way to lift the cracked glass (a laser machine or heat and careful scraping), a clean frame, and a strong adhesive or back glass tape to bond the new panel. Wear eye protection, as small glass fragments can come away. If the camera lens covers are also cracked, replace them at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the iPhone 12 Pro Max back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max has a larger camera bump, so the camera opening is bigger. The two panels are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs fitting the back glass difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is one of the trickier repairs because the old glass is glued to the frame. With a laser machine it is quick; by hand with heat it takes patience. Clean the frame fully before bonding the new panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is my order sent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm on a weekday are shipped the same day from Manchester, UK.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843090096455,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330376409415-white.jpg?v=1790791690"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-gold-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Gold) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 Pro Max (Gold)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new gold back panel made to OEM standard for the iPhone 13 Pro Max. It repairs a cracked rear glass without changing the whole housing, and is shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean glass in a gold finish, ready to fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrect camera opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e positioned for the iPhone 13 Pro Max camera module, so nothing is blocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM standard fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits flush with the frame when bonded correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStops sharp edges:\u003c\/strong\u003e removes cracked glass that can cut fingers or snag pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspected before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each piece is checked for chips and marks before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max or iPhone 14 Pro Max. The iPhone 12 Pro Max has a smaller camera module, and the iPhone 13 Pro is a smaller phone, so neither is a match for this panel. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore you start the repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower the iPhone 13 Pro Max off and protect the camera area. Bonded rear glass must be removed fully and the frame cleaned of old glue and fragments, otherwise the new panel will not sit flat. Most shops use a laser machine to separate the glass. Bond the new panel with an adhesive made for phone glass and clamp it gently while it sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich iPhone models does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the iPhone 13 Pro Max only. Other models in the range have different sizes or camera layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the iPhone 12 Pro Max back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max has a larger camera bump, so the camera opening is bigger. The two panels are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special tools to replace the back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA laser separation machine makes the job much easier, but many repairers use heat, a scraper and plenty of care. You will also need adhesive to bond the new iPhone 13 Pro Max back glass in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRear glass is non-metallic, so wireless charging passes through it. As long as the charging coil is not damaged during removal, charging works as before.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843108315463,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330389680455-white.jpg?v=1790791690"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-sierra-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Sierra Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Sierra Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear glass panel in Sierra Blue for the Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max for fixing a cracked, shattered or scratched back. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-matched finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Sierra Blue finish is made to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and triple-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSierra Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 mini, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 Pro Max the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is a larger phone than the iPhone 13 Pro, so the panel and camera cut-out are different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 Pro Max back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Sierra Blue to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843133677895,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330398527815-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-graphite-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Graphite) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 Pro Max (Graphite)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement rear glass panel in a Graphite finish for fixing a cracked or shattered back on the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Made to OEM standard, it is tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel-specific cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped for the iPhone 13 Pro Max rear camera layout and body size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraphite colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e chosen to match a Graphite iPhone 13 Pro Max, so the repaired phone looks consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand new glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e not refurbished or reclaimed, with no scratches or chips out of the packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixes cosmetic damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for phones that work perfectly but have a cracked or splintered back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e every panel is inspected before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGraphite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max or iPhone 14 Pro Max. The iPhone 12 Pro Max has a smaller camera module, and the iPhone 13 Pro is a smaller phone, so neither is a match for this panel. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is back glass fitted?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 Pro Max the rear glass is bonded to the frame, so the old glass has to be removed before the new panel goes on. Repair shops usually use a laser separation machine or controlled heat to lift the broken glass, then clean the frame and bond the new panel with a suitable adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and cameras. If you have never done this repair, a local repair shop can fit it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 Pro Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the iPhone 12 Pro Max back glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max has a larger camera bump, so the camera opening is bigger. The two panels are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit back glass on the iPhone 13 Pro Max myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended. Screens and small parts are delicate, so we recommend having this part fitted by a qualified repair technician. Damage caused during fitting is not a product fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your back glass is dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843146588487,"sku":"","price":6.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330400952647-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-pro-max-replacement-back-glass-silver-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Silver) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Pro Max Replacement Back Glass (Silver)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new rear glass panel in Silver for the Apple iPhone 13 Pro Max for fixing a smashed or chipped rear panel. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish that matches:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Silver finish is made to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 Pro Max only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and triple-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 Pro Max back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13 Pro Max\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 or iPhone 13 mini, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 Pro Max the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro Max is a larger phone than the iPhone 13 Pro, so the panel and camera cut-out are different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 Pro Max back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Silver to suit the iPhone 13 Pro Max. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843164938567,"sku":"","price":7.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330415698247-white.jpg?v=1790791691"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-green-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Green) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Green)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a new rear housing glass panel in Green for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a broken rear panel after a drop. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the look:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Green finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Green to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843293028679,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330480054599-white.jpg?v=1790791692"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-blue-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Blue) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Blue)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement back panel in Blue for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing cracked or badly scuffed back glass. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean colour match:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Blue finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Blue to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843300106567,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330483003719-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-midnight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Midnight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Midnight)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear glass cover in Midnight for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a cracked back that looks worn and can cut fingers. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Midnight finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMidnight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Midnight to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843311247687,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330487886151-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-pink-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Pink) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Pink)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement rear glass panel in Pink for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a cracked, shattered or scratched back. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour-matched finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Pink finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Pink to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843318292807,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330491359559-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-red-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Red) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Red)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new rear glass panel in Red for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing a smashed or chipped rear panel. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish that matches:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Red finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Red to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843328745799,"sku":"","price":4.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330495160647-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-replacement-back-glass-starlight-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Starlight) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus iPhone 13 Replacement Back Glass (Starlight)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement back panel in Starlight for the Apple iPhone 13 for fixing cracked or badly scuffed back glass. It is brand new, made to OEM standard fit, tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean colour match:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Starlight finish is made to suit the iPhone 13, so the back of your phone looks tidy again after the repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the iPhone 13 only:\u003c\/strong\u003e the panel shape and dual-camera cut-out follow OEM standard dimensions for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass panel only:\u003c\/strong\u003e a straightforward replacement for the rear glass, ideal when the frame, cameras and internals are undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTested before dispatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel is checked for cracks, chips and finish defects before it is packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e suits DIY repairers and repair shops refurbishing phones for resale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApple iPhone 13 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis back glass fits the \u003cstrong\u003eApple iPhone 13\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro or iPhone 13 Pro Max, which have different body sizes and camera layouts. To confirm your model, open \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e and check the model name before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to fit replacement back glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the iPhone 13 the rear glass is bonded firmly to the frame. Most repair shops remove the broken glass with a laser back glass machine, then clean off old adhesive and glass fragments before fitting the new panel with fresh adhesive. Take care around the wireless charging coil and camera area, and clamp the panel while the adhesive cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this back glass fit my iPhone 13 Pro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 13 Pro has a larger triple-camera module and a different frame, so the camera cut-out does not line up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this iPhone 13 back glass the same colour as my phone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in Starlight to suit the iPhone 13. Choose the colour that matches your phone's frame, as shades can look slightly different under different lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include the camera lens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the back glass panel. If the camera lens cover is also cracked, order a camera lens replacement separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill wireless charging still work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as the wireless charging coil under the glass is not damaged during removal. The coil is separate from the glass panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fast will it arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders placed before 4pm, Monday to Friday, are dispatched the same day from Manchester.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843340542279,"sku":"","price":4.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330499813703-white.jpg?v=1790791748"},{"product_id":"for-apple-iphone-13-mini-replacement-back-glass-alpine-green-the-repair-plus","title":"For Apple iPhone 13 Mini Replacement Back Glass (Alpine Green) The Repair Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Repair Plus back glass for iPhone 13 mini (Alpine Green)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brand new replacement rear glass panel in an Alpine Green finish for fixing a cracked or shattered back on the iPhone 13 mini. Made to OEM standard, it is tested before dispatch and shipped the same day from Manchester when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExact fit for the iPhone 13 mini:\u003c\/strong\u003e made to OEM standard dimensions for this model only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour matched:\u003c\/strong\u003e an Alpine Green finish to keep your phone looking as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRestores the rear seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e closes up cracks that let dust and grit into the phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for resale:\u003c\/strong\u003e a fresh back makes a used iPhone 13 mini far easier to sell or trade in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrade friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e a dependable stock part for repair shops handling back glass jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear back glass panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlpine Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 13 mini only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCondition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand new\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuality\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDispatch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame day before 4pm, Monday to Friday, from Manchester, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturns\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eiPhone 13 mini back glass compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone 13 mini\u003c\/strong\u003e only. It does not fit the iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max or iPhone 12 mini. The iPhone 12 mini is a similar size, but its cameras sit one above the other rather than diagonally, so the camera opening is different. Check your model in \u003cem\u003eSettings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About\u003c\/em\u003e, or look up the model number shown there, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else do you need for this repair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving old back glass on the iPhone 13 mini is the hard part. You will need a way to lift the cracked glass (a laser machine or heat and careful scraping), a clean frame, and a strong adhesive or back glass tape to bond the new panel. Wear eye protection, as small glass fragments can come away. If the camera lens covers are also cracked, replace them at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from The Repair Plus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame-day dispatch when you order before 4pm, Monday to Friday.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUK stock, shipped from Manchester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery part tested before dispatch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30-day returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrusted by DIY repairers and independent repair shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this back glass fit the iPhone 13 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is made for the iPhone 13 mini only. Check your model in Settings \u0026gt; General \u0026gt; About before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my iPhone 12 mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The iPhone 12 mini has its two cameras stacked vertically, while the iPhone 13 mini has them diagonally. The camera cut-out will not match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs fitting the back glass difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is one of the trickier repairs because the old glass is glued to the frame. With a laser machine it is quick; by hand with heat it takes patience. Clean the frame fully before bonding the new panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will my order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 4pm, Monday to Friday, and your back glass is dispatched the same day from our Manchester stock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"The Repair Plus","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49843448316231,"sku":"","price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0809\/2545\/8759\/files\/9330532876615-white.jpg?v=1790791749"}],"url":"https:\/\/therepairplus.com\/collections\/back-glass-housings.oembed?page=5","provider":"The Repair Plus","version":"1.0","type":"link"}